blob: 0a3e3194689509fb29e61e8d9cd3259755107320 [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 9.0. Last change: 2022 Nov 06
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01003513. Colorschemes |color-schemes|
3614. Highlight command |:highlight|
3715. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3816. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3917. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
4018. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4119. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4220. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043
44{Vi does not have any of these commands}
45
46Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
47disabled at compile time.
48
49==============================================================================
501. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
51
52 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
53This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
54
55 :syntax enable
56
57What this command actually does is to execute the command >
58 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
59
60If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
61the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
62fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
63directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010064are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
65"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010066This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
67will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000068
69 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010070The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
71This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000072after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
73defaults, use: >
74 :syntax on
75<
76 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
77If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
78with: >
79 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
80For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
81For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
82
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010083NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000084The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010085file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000086automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
87
88NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
89of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000090reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000091used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000092highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000093
94 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
95 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
96
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000097NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
99
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200100 *g:syntax_on*
101You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
102 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000103
104To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200105 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000106 \ syntax off <Bar>
107 \ else <Bar>
108 \ syntax enable <Bar>
109 \ endif <CR>
110[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
111
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000112Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000113The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
114this works, look in the file:
115 command file ~
116 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
118 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
119 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
120Also see |syntax-loading|.
121
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100122NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
123makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125==============================================================================
1262. Syntax files *:syn-files*
127
128The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
129a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
130name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
131a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
132Examples:
133 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
134 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
135
136The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
137the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
138language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
139for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
140 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
141
142The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
143 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
144 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
145These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
146
147
148MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
149
150When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
151automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
152
1531. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
154 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
155 mkdir ~/.vim
156
1572. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
158 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
159
1603. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
161 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
162 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
163
164Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
165 :set syntax=mine
166You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
167
168If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
169
170If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
171to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
172
173
174ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
175
176If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
177add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
178
1791. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
180
1812. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
182 mkdir ~/.vim/after
183 mkdir ~/.vim/after/syntax
184
1853. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
186 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
187 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
188
1894. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
190 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
191 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
192
193That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
194different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
195
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000196If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
197All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
199 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
200
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000201
202REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
203
204If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
205version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
206that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200207Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
208b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000209
210
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100211NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
212
213A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
214thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
215A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
216
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000217The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters, digits
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +0100218and the underscore. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_]*". However, Vim does not give
Bram Moolenaar75ab5902022-04-18 15:36:40 +0100219an error when using other characters. The maximum length of a group name is
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +0000220about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000221
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100222To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000223be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
224These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
225you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
226
227 *Comment any comment
228
229 *Constant any constant
230 String a string constant: "this is a string"
231 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
232 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
233 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
234 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
235
236 *Identifier any variable name
237 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
238
239 *Statement any statement
240 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
241 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
242 Label case, default, etc.
243 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
244 Keyword any other keyword
245 Exception try, catch, throw
246
247 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
248 Include preprocessor #include
249 Define preprocessor #define
250 Macro same as Define
251 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
252
253 *Type int, long, char, etc.
254 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
255 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
256 Typedef A typedef
257
258 *Special any special symbol
259 SpecialChar special character in a constant
260 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
261 Delimiter character that needs attention
262 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
263 Debug debugging statements
264
265 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
266
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200267 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000268
269 *Error any erroneous construct
270
271 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
272 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
273
274The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
275For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
276The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
277highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
278after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
279
280Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
281can be used for the same group.
282
283The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
284 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
285
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200286 *hl-Ignore*
287When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
288mechanism. See |conceal|.
289
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000290==============================================================================
2913. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
292
293This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
294issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
295located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
296
297":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
298
299 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
300 |
301 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
302 |
303 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
304 | |
305 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
306 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
307 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
308 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
309 | | set yet.
310 | |
311 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
312 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
313 | |
314 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
315 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
316 |
317 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
318 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
319 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
320 | |
321 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
322 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
323 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
324 | |
325 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
326 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
327 | | *synload-4*
328 | |
329 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
330 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
331 | |
332 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
333 |
334 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
335 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
336 |
337 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
338 already loaded buffer.
339
340
341Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
342
343 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
344 |
345 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
346 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
347 | option is set to the file type.
348 |
349 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
350 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
351 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
352 | |
353 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
354 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
355 | |
356 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
357 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
358 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
359 |
360 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
361 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
362 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
363 |
364 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
365 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
366 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
367 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
368 |
369 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
370 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
371 syntax.
372
373==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003744. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000375
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003762html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200377window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000378
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200379After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
380colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
381|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
382or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200383|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
384in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200385
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000386You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
387Source the script to convert the current file: >
388
389 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
390<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200391Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
392options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
393the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
394|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000395
396Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200397- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000398- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200399- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100400 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
401 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000402
403Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
404Unix shell: >
405 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
406<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200407 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
408To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
409command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
410and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
411
412 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
413 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
414 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
415<
416 *:TOhtml*
417:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
418 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200419 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
420 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
421 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
422 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200423
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200424 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
425 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
426 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
427 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
428 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
429 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
430 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
431 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200432
433 Examples: >
434
435 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
436 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
437 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
438<
439 *g:html_diff_one_file*
440Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200441When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
442page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4431, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200444Example: >
445
446 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
447<
448 *g:html_whole_filler*
449Default: 0.
450When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
451is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
452of inserted lines.
453When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
454not set.
455>
456 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
457<
458 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
459Default: 0.
460When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4612html.vim conversion process.
462When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
463but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
464files it can take a long time!
465Example: >
466
467 let g:html_no_progress = 1
468<
469You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
470run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
471moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
472
473 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
474<
475Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
476need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
477conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
478script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
479specifying each command separately.
480
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100481 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
482When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
483as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
484current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
485have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
486differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
487your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
488
489 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
490<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200491 *g:html_number_lines*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100492Default: Current 'number' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200493When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
494When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
495highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
496Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
497 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
498Force to omit the line numbers: >
499 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
500Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
501 :unlet g:html_number_lines
502<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100503 *g:html_line_ids*
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200504Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
505When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
506inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
507takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
508pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
509view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200510(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200511javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
512For example: >
513
514 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
515 page.html#123 does the same
516
517 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
518 diff.html#42 does the same
519<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200520 *g:html_use_css*
521Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100522When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
523browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200524When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
525recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
526forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
527Example: >
528 :let g:html_use_css = 0
529<
530 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
531Default: 0.
532When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
533from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
534value of 'conceallevel'.
535When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
536|conceal|ed.
537
538Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
539included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
540 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
541 :setl conceallevel=0
542<
543 *g:html_ignore_folding*
544Default: 0.
545When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
546Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
547the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
548When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
549text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
550
551Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
552in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
553 zR
554 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
555<
556 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
557Default: 0.
558When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
559When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
560in Vim.
561
562Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
563regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
564
565This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
566>
567 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
568<
569 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
570Default: 0.
571When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
572Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
573open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
574'foldcolumn' setting.
575When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
576folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
577>
578 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
579<
580 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100581Default: Empty string.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200582This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
583when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
584for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
585line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
586affected in this way as follows:
587 f: fold column
588 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
589 t: fold text
590 d: diff filler
591
592Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
593 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
594<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100595The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
596of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
597
598 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
599Default: "fallback"
600If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
601
602When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
603uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
604selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
605pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
606invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100607Note: This method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100608browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
609
610When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
611older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
612<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
613to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
614number of browsers, both old and new.
615
616When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
617generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
618Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
619the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
620standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200621
622 *g:html_no_invalid*
623Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100624When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
625not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
626element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
627in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
628paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
629invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
630<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
631remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200632
633 *g:html_hover_unfold*
634Default: 0.
635When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
636|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
637When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
638cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
639disabled javascript to view the folded text.
640
641Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
642feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
643normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
644they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
645>
646 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
647<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200648 *g:html_id_expr*
649Default: ""
650Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
651to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
652longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
653evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
654so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
655larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
656
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000657 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200658<
659To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
660
661 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
662<
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100663Note: When converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200664evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
665windows.
666
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200667 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100668Default: Current 'wrap' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200669When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
670not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
671When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
672used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
673window.
674Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
675 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
676Explicitly disable wrapping: >
677 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
678Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
679 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
680<
681 *g:html_no_pre*
682Default: 0.
683When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
684tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
685characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
686When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
687used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
688references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
689text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
690old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
691the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
692>
693 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
694<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100695 *g:html_no_doc*
696Default: 0.
697When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
698<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
699define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
700settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
701
702
703 *g:html_no_links*
704Default: 0.
705Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
706
707 *g:html_no_modeline*
708Default: 0.
709Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
710
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200711 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100712Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
713 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
714 1 otherwise.
715When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200716number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100717When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200718are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
719allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
720the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
721indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
722
723Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
724 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
725<
726Force tabs to be expanded: >
727 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
728<
729 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
730It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
731|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
732
733If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
734for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
735'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
736set to match the chosen document encoding.
737
738Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
739|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
740wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
741encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
742below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
743
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100744Note: By default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200745the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
746
747 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
748 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
749
750 *g:html_use_encoding*
751Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
752To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
753name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
754something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
755webserver: >
756 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
757You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
758entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
759 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
760To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
761variable: >
762 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
763<
764 *g:html_encoding_override*
765Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
766 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
767This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
768specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
769list of conversions.
770
771This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
772pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
773
774Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
775 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
776<
777 *g:html_charset_override*
778Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
779 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
780 browser support.
781This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
782'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
783use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
784TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
785and UTF-32 instead, use: >
786 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
787
788Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
789compatibility problems with some major browsers.
790
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200791 *g:html_font*
792Default: "monospace"
793You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
794g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
795surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
796item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
797way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
798result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
799Examples: >
800
801 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
802 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
803
804 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
805 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
806<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200807 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
808Default: 0.
809When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
810When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
811>
812 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
813<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100814==============================================================================
8155. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
816
817 *b:current_syntax-variable*
818Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
819"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
820settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
821 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
822 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
823 :au BufReadPost * endif
824
825
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000826
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000827ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000828
829ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
830any value to the respective variable. Example: >
831 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
832To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
833 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
834
835Variable Highlight ~
836abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
837abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
838
839
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000840ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000841
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000842See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000843
844
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000845ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000846
847The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000848by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000849by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000850and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000851
852 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
853
854will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
855
856 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
857 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
858 ]]></script>
859
860See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
861
862
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000863APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000864
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100865The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
866version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000867
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000868
869 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000870ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
871 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000872
873Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
874doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
875startup vimrc: >
876 :let filetype_i = "asm"
877Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
878
879There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
880extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
881line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
882files are included:
883 asm GNU assembly (the default)
884 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
885 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
886 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
887 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
888 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
889 nasm Netwide assembly
890 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
891 MMX)
892 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
893
894The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100895 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000896Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100897one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200898immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
899equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
900between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
901particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
902highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000903
904The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
905b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000906 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000907
908If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
909the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
910language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000911 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000912
913As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
914
915
916Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
917
918To enable a feature: >
919 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
920To disable a feature: >
921 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
922
923Variable Highlight ~
924nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
925 (parser dependent; not recommended)
926nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
927nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
928
929
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000930ASPPERL and ASPVBS *ft-aspperl-syntax* *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000931
932*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
933hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
934using. For Perl script use: >
935 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
936 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
937For Visual Basic use: >
938 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
939 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
940
941
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000942BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000943
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200944The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000945for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
946are supported.
947
948Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
949in ones |.vimrc|: >
950 let baan_code_stds=1
951
952*baan-folding*
953
954Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
955mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
956source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
957
958To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
959 let baan_fold=1
960Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
961indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
962considered equal to a tab). >
963 let baan_fold_block=1
964Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000965SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000966match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
967 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000968Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000969the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
970.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
971 set foldminlines=5
972 set foldnestmax=6
973
974
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000975BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000976
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000977Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000978which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
979five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
980otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
981Basic.
982
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000983If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
984example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
985 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
986
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000987
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000988C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000989
990A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100991(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000992 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100993 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
994To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000995 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100996Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000997
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +0100998An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
999 :set filetype=cpp
1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001001Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001002*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
1003*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
1004*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1005*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
1006*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
1007*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
1008*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00001009 except { and } in first column
Bram Moolenaar09521312016-08-12 22:54:35 +02001010 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
1011 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001012*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
1013 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001014*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
1015*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
1016*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1017*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
1018*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001019 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001020*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1021*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1022*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1023*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
1024*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001025
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001026When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1027become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1028 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001029"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1030 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001031
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001032If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1033when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1034to a larger number: >
1035 :let c_minlines = 100
1036This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1037displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1038disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1039
1040When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1041works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1042you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1043
1044To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1045Example: >
1046 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1047 :function MyCadd()
1048 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1049 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1050 : hi link cMyItem Title
1051 :endfun
1052
1053ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1054"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1055not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1056highlighting: >
1057 :hi link cConstant NONE
1058
1059If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1060highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1061
1062If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001063in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001064~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001065 syn sync fromstart
1066 set foldmethod=syntax
1067
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001068CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001069
1070C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1071the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1072
1073By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1074of C or C++: >
1075 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1076
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001077
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001078CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001079
1080Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1081that are available. Additionally there is:
1082
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001083chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1084chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1085chill_minlines like c_minlines
1086
1087
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001088CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001089
1090ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1091If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1092 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1093This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1094"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1095file).
1096
1097You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1098 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1099Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1100 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1101This works immediately.
1102
1103
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001104CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1105
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001106 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1107
1108Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1109but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1110|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1111syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001112>
1113 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001114 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1115 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001116 \ }
1117<
1118Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1119
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001120There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1121this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1122dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001123
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001124By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1125"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1126namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001127
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001128
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001129 *g:clojure_fold*
1130
1131Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1132list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1133the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1134
1135
1136 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1137
1138Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1139reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001140>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001141 #_(defn foo [x]
1142 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001143<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001144Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1145(e.g. `#_#_`).
1146
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001147
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001148COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001149
1150COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1151development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1152versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1153add this line to your .vimrc: >
1154 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1155To disable it again, use this: >
1156 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1157
1158
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001159COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001160
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001161The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001162comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1163
1164 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1165
1166The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1167
1168
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001169CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1170
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001171Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001172
1173Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001174cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001175cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001176cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1177cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001178
1179
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001180CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001181
1182This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1183used.
1184
1185Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1186symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1187between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001188"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1189>
1190 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001191
1192For using tcsh: >
1193
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001194 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001195
1196Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1197tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001198will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001199"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1200variable.
1201
1202
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001203CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001204
1205Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001206hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001207or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001208normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001209line to your .vimrc file: >
1210
1211 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1212
1213Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1214
1215 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1216
1217To disable these again, use this: >
1218
1219 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1220 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1221<
1222
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001223CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001224
1225Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1226doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1227startup vimrc: >
1228 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1229
1230
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001231DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1232
1233Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1234used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1235a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1236from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1237
1238More information about the language and its development environment at the
1239official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1240
1241dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1242type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1243and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1244framework.
1245
1246Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1247
1248https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1249
1250
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001251DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001252
1253Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001254according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001255https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1256To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1257 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1258Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1259To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1260 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1261g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001262
1263
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001264DIFF *diff.vim*
1265
1266The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1267there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1268
1269 :let diff_translations = 0
1270
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001271Also see |diff-slow|.
1272
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001273
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001274DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001275
1276The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1277provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1278the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1279versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1280uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1281line to your startup file: >
1282 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1283
1284
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001285DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001286DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1287DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001288
1289There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1290are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1291automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1292defaults to XML.
1293You can set the type manually: >
1294 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1295or: >
1296 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1297You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1298Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1299 :set filetype=docbksgml
1300or: >
1301 :set filetype=docbkxml
1302
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001303You can specify the DocBook version: >
1304 :let docbk_ver = 3
1305When not set 4 is used.
1306
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001307
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001308DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001309
1310There is one option with highlighting DOS batch files. This covers new
1311extensions to the Command Interpreter introduced with Windows 2000 and
1312is controlled by the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For Windows NT
1313this should have the value 1, and for Windows 2000 it should be 2.
1314Select the version you want with the following line: >
1315
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001316 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001317
1318If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
1319Windows 2000.
1320
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001321A second option covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001322"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1323is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001324
1325 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1326
1327If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1328
1329
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001330DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1331
1332Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001333(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1334idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001335
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001336There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1337explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1338Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001339 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1340or >
1341 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1342
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001343It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1344the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1345adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001346 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1347
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001348There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting,
1349and are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001350
1351Variable Default Effect ~
1352g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1353g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1354 doxygen comments.
1355
1356doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1357 and html_my_rendering underline.
1358
1359doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1360 colour highlighting.
1361
1362doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001363 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001364
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001365There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001366configuration.
1367
1368Highlight Effect ~
1369doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1370 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1371doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1372 \endlink from a \link section.
1373
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001374
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001375DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001376
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001377The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001378case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1379
1380 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1381
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001382The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001383this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1384
1385 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1386
1387before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1388Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1389'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1390Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1391highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001392delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001393
1394 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1395
1396The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1397
1398
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001399EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001400
1401While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001402syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1403highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001404highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1405
1406 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1407
1408Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1409
1410Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1411
1412 :let eiffel_strict=1
1413 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1414
1415Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1416five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1417"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1418
1419Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1420guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1421lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1422
1423If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1424"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1425
1426 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1427
1428instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1429
1430Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1431experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1432
1433 :let eiffel_ise=1
1434
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001435Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001436
1437 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1438
1439to your startup file.
1440
1441
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001442EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1443
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001444Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001445version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001446Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1447
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001448Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/) is still necessary
1449for developing applications for the DOS platform, which Euphoria version 4
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001450(http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
1451
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001452The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1453
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001454 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1455 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1456
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001457To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001458auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1459add the following line to your startup file: >
1460
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001461 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001462
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001463< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001464
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001465 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1466
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001467Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001468specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1469file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1470filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1471Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001472
1473
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001474ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001475
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001476Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001477the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001478
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001479The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1480put the following line in your vimrc: >
1481
1482 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1483
1484To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1485
1486 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001487
1488
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001489ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1490
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001491Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and
1492maintainable applications.
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001493
1494The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1495
1496 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1497
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001498Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001499specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1500file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1501filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1502Elixir.
1503
1504
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001505FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1506
1507FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package available at http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001508NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001509development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001510
1511Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1512syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1513editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1514start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1515'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1516(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1517and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1518
1519If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1520move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1521 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1522
1523
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001524FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001525
1526The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1527modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001528following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001529J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1530
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01001531If you want to include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001532redefine the following syntax groups:
1533
1534 - formConditional
1535 - formNumber
1536 - formStatement
1537 - formHeaderStatement
1538 - formComment
1539 - formPreProc
1540 - formDirective
1541 - formType
1542 - formString
1543
1544Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1545directives per default in the same syntax group.
1546
1547A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001548header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001549this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1550
1551 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1552
1553The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001554gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001555conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1556
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001557Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1558should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1559the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1560
1561If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1562example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1563 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1564
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001565
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001566FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1567
1568Files matching "*.fs" could be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection
1569doesn't work for you, or you don't edit F# at all, use this in your
1570startup vimrc: >
1571 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1572
1573
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001574FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001575
1576Default highlighting and dialect ~
Bram Moolenaar6ee8d892012-01-10 14:55:01 +01001577Highlighting appropriate for Fortran 2008 is used by default. This choice
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001578should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran 2008 is
1579almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2003, 95, 90, and 77).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001580
1581Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001582Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001583syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1584
1585When you create a new fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001586form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001587 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001588in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed
1589source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001590 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1591in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1592
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001593If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1594extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1595file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1596will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1597on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001598
1599When you edit an existing fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
1600source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001601fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001602neither of these variables have been set, the syntax script attempts to
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001603determine which source form has been used by examining the file extension
1604using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and PathScale
1605compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08 for
1606free-source). If none of this works, then the script examines the first five
1607columns of the first 500 lines of your file. If no signs of free source form
1608are detected, then the file is assumed to be in fixed source form. The
1609algorithm should work in the vast majority of cases. In some cases, such as a
1610file that begins with 500 or more full-line comments, the script may
1611incorrectly decide that the fortran code is in fixed form. If that happens,
1612just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five columns
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01001613of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w) and then reload (:e!) the file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001614
1615Tabs in fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001616Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001617fixed format fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001618Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
1619using tabs. If your fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001620variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1621 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001622placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001623mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1624
1625Syntax folding of fortran files ~
1626If you wish to use foldmethod=syntax, then you must first set the variable
1627fortran_fold with a command such as >
1628 :let fortran_fold=1
1629to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1630is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001631subprograms, block data subprograms, interface blocks, and modules. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001632also set the variable fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
1633 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
1634then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, and select
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001635case constructs. If you also set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001636fortran_fold_multilinecomments with a command such as >
1637 :let fortran_fold_multilinecomments=1
1638then fold regions will also be defined for three or more consecutive comment
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001639lines. Note that defining fold regions can be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001640
1641If fortran_fold, and possibly fortran_fold_conditionals and/or
1642fortran_fold_multilinecomments, have been set, then vim will fold your file if
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001643you set foldmethod=syntax. Comments or blank lines placed between two program
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001644units are not folded because they are seen as not belonging to any program
1645unit.
1646
1647More precise fortran syntax ~
1648If you set the variable fortran_more_precise with a command such as >
1649 :let fortran_more_precise=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001650then the syntax coloring will be more precise but slower. In particular,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001651statement labels used in do, goto and arithmetic if statements will be
1652recognized, as will construct names at the end of a do, if, select or forall
1653construct.
1654
1655Non-default fortran dialects ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001656The syntax script supports two Fortran dialects: f08 and F. You will probably
1657find the default highlighting (f08) satisfactory. A few legacy constructs
1658deleted or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard are highlighted as todo
1659items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001660
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001661If you use F, the advantage of setting the dialect appropriately is that
1662other legacy features excluded from F will be highlighted as todo items and
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001663that free source form will be assumed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001664
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001665The dialect can be selected in various ways. If all your fortran files use
1666the same dialect, set the global variable fortran_dialect in your .vimrc prior
1667to your syntax on statement. The case-sensitive, permissible values of
1668fortran_dialect are "f08" or "F". Invalid values of fortran_dialect are
1669ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001670
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001671If the dialect depends upon the file extension, then it is most convenient to
1672set a buffer-local variable in a ftplugin file. For more information on
1673ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. For example, if all your fortran files with
1674an .f90 extension are written in the F subset, your ftplugin file should
1675contain the code >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001676 let s:extfname = expand("%:e")
1677 if s:extfname ==? "f90"
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001678 let b:fortran_dialect="F"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001679 else
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001680 unlet! b:fortran_dialect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001681 endif
1682Note that this will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command
1683precedes the "syntax on" command in your .vimrc file.
1684
1685Finer control is necessary if the file extension does not uniquely identify
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001686the dialect. You can override the default dialect, on a file-by-file basis,
1687by including a comment with the directive "fortran_dialect=xx" (where xx=F or
1688f08) in one of the first three lines in your file. For example, your older .f
1689files may be legacy code but your newer ones may be F codes, and you would
1690identify the latter by including in the first three lines of those files a
1691Fortran comment of the form >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001692 ! fortran_dialect=F
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001693
1694For previous versions of the syntax, you may have set fortran_dialect to the
1695now-obsolete values "f77", "f90", "f95", or "elf". Such settings will be
1696silently handled as "f08". Users of "elf" may wish to experiment with "F"
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001697instead.
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001698
1699The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1700comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1701non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1702or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001703items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001704
1705Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001706Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1707strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001708because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1709
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001710For further information related to fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
1711|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001712
Bram Moolenaar0d878b92022-07-01 18:45:04 +01001713FREEBASIC *freebasic.vim* *ft-freebasic-syntax*
1714
1715FreeBASIC files will be highlighted differently for each of the four available
1716dialects, "fb", "qb", "fblite" and "deprecated". See |ft-freebasic-plugin|
1717for how to select the correct dialect.
1718
1719Highlighting is further configurable via the following variables.
1720
1721Variable Highlight ~
1722*freebasic_no_comment_fold* disable multiline comment folding
1723*freebasic_operators* non-alpha operators
1724*freebasic_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1725*freebasic_type_suffixes* QuickBASIC style type suffixes
1726
1727
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001728
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001729FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001730
1731In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1732the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1733appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1734patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1735number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1736
1737For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1738as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1739
1740 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1741 \ set filetype=fvwm
1742
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001743GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001744
1745The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1746the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1747is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1748are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1749
1750 htmlString
1751 htmlValue
1752 htmlEndTag
1753 htmlTag
1754 htmlTagN
1755
1756Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1757java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1758group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1759correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1760to the contains clause.
1761
1762The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1763group to make them easier to see.
1764
1765
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001766GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001767
1768The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001769under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001770of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1771filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1772(see |filetype.txt|).
1773
1774
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001775HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001776
1777The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001778Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001779syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1780
1781If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1782light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1783 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1784To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1785add: >
1786 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1787To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1788 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1789And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1790 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1791If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1792your .vimrc: >
1793 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1794
1795The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1796directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001797directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1798operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001799as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1800 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1801
1802The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1803automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1804TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001805or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001806in your .vimrc >
1807 :let lhs_markup = none
1808for no highlighting at all, or >
1809 :let lhs_markup = tex
1810to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1811For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1812this variable, so e.g. >
1813 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001814will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001815set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1816loading a file.
1817
1818
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001819HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001820
1821The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1822
1823The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1824This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001825closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1826are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001827
1828Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1829names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1830makes it easy to spot errors
1831
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001832Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001833names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1834
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001835Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001836are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1837text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1838while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001839only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001840<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001841
1842If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1843following syntax groups:
1844
1845 - htmlBold
1846 - htmlBoldUnderline
1847 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1848 - htmlUnderline
1849 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1850 - htmlItalic
1851 - htmlTitle for titles
1852 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1853
1854To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1855of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1856following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1857are read during initialization) >
1858 :let html_my_rendering=1
1859
1860If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1861http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1862
1863You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1864vimrc file: >
1865 :let html_no_rendering=1
1866
1867HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1868details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1869However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001870ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001871 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1872
1873JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1874'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001875programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are
1876currently supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001877
1878Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1879
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001880There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1881written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001882following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1883(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001884>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001885 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1886 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1887
1888Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1889the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1890
1891
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001892HTML/OS (by Aestiva) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001893
1894The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1895
1896Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1897doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1898this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1899different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1900 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1901
1902Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1903
1904Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1905signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1906a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1907 :set syntax=htmlos
1908
1909Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1910block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1911
1912
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001913IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001914
1915Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1916how to recognize this filetype.
1917
1918To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1919 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1920
1921
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001922INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001923
1924Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1925most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1926to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1927 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1928
1929By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1930and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1931you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1932need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1933 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1934
1935This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1936set of highlighted system functions.
1937
1938The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
1939it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
1940by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
1941startup sequence: >
1942 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
1943
1944By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
1945version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
1946Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
1947startup sequence: >
1948 :let inform_highlight_old=1
1949
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001950IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
1951
1952IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
1953Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
1954
1955IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
1956rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001957repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001958
1959There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
1960are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
1961
1962The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
1963
1964Variable Effect ~
1965
1966idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
1967 extensions
1968idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
1969idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
1970 quite helpful)
1971idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
1972
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001973
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001974JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001975
1976The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options:
1977
1978In Java 1.0.2 it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
1979flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1 this is possible (with anonymous
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001980classes), and therefore is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the
1981old way, put the following line into your vim startup file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001982 :let java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors=1
1983
1984All identifiers in java.lang.* are always visible in all classes. To
1985highlight them use: >
1986 :let java_highlight_java_lang_ids=1
1987
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001988You can also highlight identifiers of most standard Java packages if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001989download the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html.
1990If you prefer to only highlight identifiers of a certain package, say java.io
1991use the following: >
1992 :let java_highlight_java_io=1
1993Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
1994
1995Function names are not highlighted, as the way to find functions depends on
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001996how you write Java code. The syntax file knows two possible ways to highlight
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001997functions:
1998
1999If you write function declarations that are always indented by either
2000a tab, 8 spaces or 2 spaces you may want to set >
2001 :let java_highlight_functions="indent"
2002However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and classes are
2003supposed to be named (with respect to upper and lowercase), use >
2004 :let java_highlight_functions="style"
2005If both options do not work for you, but you would still want function
2006declarations to be highlighted create your own definitions by changing the
2007definitions in java.vim or by creating your own java.vim which includes the
2008original one and then adds the code to highlight functions.
2009
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002010In Java 1.1 the functions System.out.println() and System.err.println() should
Bram Moolenaared203462004-06-16 11:19:22 +00002011only be used for debugging. Therefore it is possible to highlight debugging
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002012statements differently. To do this you must add the following definition in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002013your startup file: >
2014 :let java_highlight_debug=1
2015The result will be that those statements are highlighted as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002016characters. If you prefer to have them highlighted differently you must define
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002017new highlightings for the following groups.:
2018 Debug, DebugSpecial, DebugString, DebugBoolean, DebugType
2019which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002020strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively. I
Bram Moolenaar2547aa92020-07-26 17:00:44 +02002021have opted to choose another background for those statements.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002022
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002023Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
2024creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
2025similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add Javascript
2026and CSS inside this code (see below). There are four differences however:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002027 1. The title (all characters up to the first '.' which is followed by
2028 some white space or up to the first '@') is colored differently (to change
2029 the color change the group CommentTitle).
2030 2. The text is colored as 'Comment'.
2031 3. HTML comments are colored as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002032 4. The special Javadoc tags (@see, @param, ...) are highlighted as specials
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002033 and the argument (for @see, @param, @exception) as Function.
2034To turn this feature off add the following line to your startup file: >
2035 :let java_ignore_javadoc=1
2036
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002037If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above you
2038can also turn on special highlighting for Javascript, visual basic
2039scripts and embedded CSS (stylesheets). This makes only sense if you
2040actually have Javadoc comments that include either Javascript or embedded
2041CSS. The options to use are >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002042 :let java_javascript=1
2043 :let java_css=1
2044 :let java_vb=1
2045
2046In order to highlight nested parens with different colors define colors
2047for javaParen, javaParen1 and javaParen2, for example with >
2048 :hi link javaParen Comment
2049or >
2050 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2051
2052If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2053when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "java_minlines" internal variable
2054to a larger number: >
2055 :let java_minlines = 50
2056This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2057displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2058number is that redrawing can become slow.
2059
2060
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002061JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax*
2062
2063The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2064default. To disable concealment: >
2065 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2066
2067To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2068 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2069
2070
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002071LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002072
2073Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2074style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2075define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2076 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2077
2078
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002079LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002080
2081Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2082gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2083 :syn sync minlines=300
2084may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2085difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2086
2087
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002088LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2089
2090To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2091
2092 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2093<
2094
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002095LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2096
2097The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2098
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002099 g:lisp_instring : If it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002100 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2101 Useful for AutoLisp.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002102 g:lisp_rainbow : If it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002103 of parenthesization will receive different
2104 highlighting.
2105<
2106The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2107the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2108colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2109specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002110usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002111highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2112
2113
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002114LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002115
2116There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2117
2118If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2119
2120 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2121
2122For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2123set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2124
2125 :let lite_minlines = 200
2126
2127
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002128LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002129
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002130LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002131file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2132users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2133should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2134
2135 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2136
2137If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
2138modeline. For a LPC file:
2139
2140 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2141
2142For a C file that is recognized as LPC:
2143
2144 // vim:set ft=c:
2145
2146If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2147
2148There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002149used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002150and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002151assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002152you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2153
2154 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2155
2156For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2157
2158 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2159
2160For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2161
2162 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2163
2164For uLPC series of LPC:
2165uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2166instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2167
2168
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002169LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002170
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002171The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002172the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2173lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +010021745.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this:
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002175
2176 :let lua_version = 5
2177 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002178
2179
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002180MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002181
2182Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002183quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002184signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2185whitespaces and end with a newline.
2186
2187Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002188as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002189only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2190
2191By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002192displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002193with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2194
2195 :let mail_minlines = 30
2196
2197
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002198MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002199
2200In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2201errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2202feature off by using: >
2203
2204 :let make_no_commands = 1
2205
2206
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002207MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002208
2209Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2210supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2211The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2212highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2213
2214 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2215
2216to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2217choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
22181, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2219$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2220
2221 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2222 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2223 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2224 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2225 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2226 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2227 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2228 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2229 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2230
2231
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002232MARKDOWN *ft-markdown-syntax*
2233
2234If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting. At the cost of
2235slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
2236the start of a region, for example 500 lines: >
2237
2238 :let g:markdown_minlines = 500
2239
2240
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002241MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002242
2243Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2244have the following in your .vimrc: >
2245
2246 let filetype_m = "mma"
2247
2248
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002249MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002250
2251If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2252highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2253comments: >
2254
2255 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2256
2257To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2258
2259 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2260
2261To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2262'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2263
2264 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2265
2266Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2267
2268 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2269
2270To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2271
2272 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2273
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002274Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002275use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2276To enable this option: >
2277
2278 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2279
2280An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2281
2282 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2283
2284
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002285MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002286
2287There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2288
2289If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2290
2291 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2292
2293For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2294set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2295
2296 :let msql_minlines = 200
2297
2298
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002299N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2300
2301N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2302Couchbase Server databases.
2303
2304Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2305and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2306many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2307
2308
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002309NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002310
2311There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2312
2313If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2314errors, use this: >
2315
2316 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2317
2318If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2319
2320
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002321NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002322
2323The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2324activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2325can use them.
2326
2327For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002328processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002329features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2330|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002331
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002332 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002333
2334Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2335Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2336there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002337you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002338can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2339native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2340\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2341accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2342environments.
2343
2344In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2345follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2346
23471. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2348
23492. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2350 exclamation mark, etc.
2351
23523. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2353 carriage return.
2354
2355The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2356algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2357
2358Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2359furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2360vertical space input will be output as is.
2361
2362Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2363than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2364practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002365marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002366need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002367spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2368
2369 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2370
2371Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2372with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2373highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002374"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002375
2376 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2377 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2378 \ gui=reverse,bold
2379
2380If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2381with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2382file: >
2383
2384 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2385
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002386As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002387paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2388
2389Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2390groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2391
2392
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002393OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002394
2395The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2396.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2397
2398 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2399
2400you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2401by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2402
2403 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2404
2405prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2406contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2407
2408
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002409PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002410
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002411The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002412and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002413as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2414sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002415you set the variable: >
2416
2417 :let papp_include_html=1
2418
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00002419in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002420sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002421edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002422
2423The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2424http://papp.plan9.de.
2425
2426
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002427PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002428
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002429Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2430could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2431or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002432
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002433 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2434 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002435
2436The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2437provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002438Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002439enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2440following line to your startup file: >
2441
2442 :let pascal_traditional=1
2443
2444To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2445keywords, etc): >
2446
2447 :let pascal_delphi=1
2448
2449
2450The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2451*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2452operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2453
2454 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2455
2456Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2457
2458 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2459
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002460Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002461pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2462match Turbo Pascal. >
2463
2464 :let pascal_gpc=1
2465
2466or >
2467
2468 :let pascal_fpc=1
2469
2470To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2471pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2472
2473 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2474
2475If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2476will be highlighted as Error. >
2477
2478 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2479
2480
2481
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002482PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002483
2484There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2485
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002486Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2487to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2488files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002489
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002490 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002491
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002492To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002493off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002494
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002495To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2496from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002497
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002498 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002499
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002500(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2501enabled it.)
2502
2503If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2504
2505 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2506
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002507(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002508
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002509The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will
2510be highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002511perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2512
2513 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2514 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2515 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2516
2517(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2518
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002519The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002520synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2521If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002522then you should try and switch off one of those. Let me know if you can
2523figure out the line that causes the mistake.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002524
2525One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2526
2527 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2528 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2529
2530Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2531its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2532
2533 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2534
2535If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2536
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002537 :let perl_fold = 1
2538
2539If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2540
2541 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002542
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002543Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2544this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002545
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002546 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002547
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002548Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2549via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002550
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002551 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2552
2553Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2554behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2555
2556 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002557
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002558PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002559
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002560[Note: Previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002561it has been renamed to "php"]
2562
2563There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2564
2565If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2566
2567 let php_sql_query = 1
2568
2569For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2570
2571 let php_baselib = 1
2572
2573Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2574
2575 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2576
2577Using the old colorstyle: >
2578
2579 let php_oldStyle = 1
2580
2581Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2582
2583 let php_asp_tags = 1
2584
2585Disable short tags: >
2586
2587 let php_noShortTags = 1
2588
2589For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2590
2591 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2592
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002593For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002594one: >
2595
2596 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2597
2598Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2599
2600 let php_folding = 1
2601
2602Selecting syncing method: >
2603
2604 let php_sync_method = x
2605
2606x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2607x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2608x = 0 to sync from start.
2609
2610
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002611PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2612
2613TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2614variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002615see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002616
2617This syntax file has the option >
2618
2619 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2620
2621if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2622
2623
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002624PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002625
2626PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2627
2628This syntax file has the options:
2629
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002630- ppwiz_highlight_defs : Determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002631 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002632
2633 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002634 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002635
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002636 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : Preprocessor #define and #evaluate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002637 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002638 continuation symbols.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002639
2640 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2641
2642- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2643 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2644
2645
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002646PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002647
2648There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
2649
2650If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2651
2652 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
2653
2654For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2655set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2656
2657 :let phtml_minlines = 200
2658
2659
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002660POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002661
2662There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
2663
2664First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
2665currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
2666and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
2667Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
2668extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
2669level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
2670highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
2671
2672 :let postscr_level=2
2673
2674If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
2675the most prevalent version currently.
2676
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002677Note: Not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002678particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
2679PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
2680
2681If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
2682Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
2683follows: >
2684
2685 :let postscr_display=1
2686
2687If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
2688Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
2689postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
2690
2691 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
2692
2693PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
2694useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
2695cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
2696character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
2697explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
2698highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
2699
2700 :let postscr_fonts=1
2701 :let postscr_encodings=1
2702
2703There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
2704PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
2705operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
2706if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
2707operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
2708or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
2709highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
2710postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
2711
2712 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
2713<
2714
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002715 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
2716PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002717
2718This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
2719
2720In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
2721the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
2722appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
2723patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
2724"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
2725
2726For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
2727files, add the following: >
2728
2729 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
2730 \ set filetype=ptcap
2731
2732If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
2733are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
2734internal variable to a larger number: >
2735
2736 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
2737
2738(The default is 20 lines.)
2739
2740
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002741PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002742
2743Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
2744doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
2745startup vimrc: >
2746 :let filetype_w = "progress"
2747The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
2748Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
2749 :let filetype_i = "progress"
2750 :let filetype_p = "progress"
2751
2752
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002753PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002754
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002755There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002756
2757For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002758 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002759
2760For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002761 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002762
2763For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002764 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
2765
2766For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
2767 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
2768or >
2769 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
2770(first option implies second one).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002771
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02002772For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002773 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002774
2775If you want all possible Python highlighting (the same as setting the
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002776preceding last option and unsetting all other ones): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002777 :let python_highlight_all = 1
2778
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002779Note: Only existence of these options matter, not their value. You can replace
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002780 1 above with anything.
2781
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002782QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002783
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002784The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
2785based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
2786between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
2787definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
2788to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
2789be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002790
2791set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
2792 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
2793
2794set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
2795 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
2796
2797set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
2798 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
2799
2800Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
2801commands than are actually available to you by the game.
2802
2803
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02002804R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
2805
2806The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
2807can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
2808 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
2809
2810You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
2811 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
2812
2813enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
2814braces: >
2815 let r_syntax_folding = 1
2816
2817and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
2818 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
2819
2820
2821R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
2822
2823To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
2824 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
2825
2826To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
2827 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
2828
2829To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
2830 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
2831
2832By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
2833language. If you want proper syntax highlighting of chunks of other languages,
2834you should add them to either `markdown_fenced_languages` or
2835`rmd_fenced_languages`. For example to properly highlight both R and Python,
2836you may add this to your |vimrc|: >
2837 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
2838
2839
2840R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
2841
2842To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
2843 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
2844
2845
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002846READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002847
2848The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002849few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002850items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
2851command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
2852 let readline_has_bash = 1
2853
2854This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
2855later, and part earlier) adds.
2856
2857
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01002858REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
2859
2860Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
2861language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
2862the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
2863
2864
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002865RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
2866
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002867Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
2868select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
2869syntax list.
2870
2871To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002872 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002873
2874To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
2875`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
2876 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01002877 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
2878 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002879 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01002880 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002881
2882To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
2883 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
2884
2885To enable folding of sections: >
2886 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
2887
2888Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
2889
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002890
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002891REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002892
2893If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2894when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
2895to a larger number: >
2896 :let rexx_minlines = 50
2897This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2898displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2899number is that redrawing can become slow.
2900
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02002901Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
2902comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
2903your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
2904>
2905 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
2906
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002907
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002908RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002909
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002910 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
2911 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
2912 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
2913 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
2914 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
2915
2916 *ruby_operators*
2917 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
2918
2919Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
2920
2921 :let ruby_operators = 1
2922<
2923 *ruby_space_errors*
2924 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
2925
2926Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
2927
2928 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
2929<
2930This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
2931as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
2932"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
2933spaces respectively.
2934
2935 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
2936 Ruby: Folding ~
2937
2938Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
2939
2940 :let ruby_fold = 1
2941<
2942This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
2943buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
2944filetypes.
2945
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002946Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
2947"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
2948
2949You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
2950
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01002951 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002952<
2953The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
2954
2955 keyword meaning ~
2956 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
2957 ALL Most block syntax (default)
2958 NONE Nothing
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01002959 if "if" or "unless" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002960 def "def" block
2961 class "class" block
2962 module "module" block
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01002963 do "do" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002964 begin "begin" block
2965 case "case" block
2966 for "for", "while", "until" loops
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01002967 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
2968 [ Array literal
2969 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
2970 / Regexp
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002971 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01002972 : Symbol
2973 # Multiline comment
2974 << Here documents
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002975 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
2976
2977 *ruby_no_expensive*
2978 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002979
2980By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00002981of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002982experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
2983you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00002984
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002985 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002986<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002987In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
2988
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002989 *ruby_minlines*
2990
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002991If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
2992scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
2993the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00002994
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002995 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002996<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002997Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
2998largest class or module.
2999
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003000 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
3001 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003002
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003003Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
3004"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003005
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003006 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003007<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003008
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003009SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003010
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003011By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003012
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003013scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
3014Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003015
3016
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003017SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003018
3019The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3020of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3021
3022The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3023case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003024used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003025highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3026 :let sdl_2000=1
3027
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003028This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003029keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3030 :let SDL_no_96=1
3031
3032
3033The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3034satisfied with it for my own projects.
3035
3036
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003037SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003038
3039To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003040highlighting on the tabs), define "g:sed_highlight_tabs" by putting >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003041
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003042 :let g:sed_highlight_tabs = 1
3043<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003044in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3045inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3046by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3047also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3048you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3049
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003050GNU sed allows comments after text on the same line. BSD sed only allows
3051comments where "#" is the first character of the line. To enforce BSD-style
3052comments, i.e. mark end-of-line comments as errors, use: >
3053
3054 :let g:sed_dialect = "bsd"
3055<
3056Note that there are other differences between GNU sed and BSD sed which are
3057not (yet) affected by this setting.
3058
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003059Bugs:
3060
3061 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3062 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3063 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3064 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3065 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3066 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3067
3068
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003069SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003070
3071The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3072
3073The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3074This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3075closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3076defined for you)
3077
3078Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3079names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3080
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003081Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003082names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3083
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003084Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003085are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3086text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3087<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3088
3089If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3090following syntax groups:
3091
3092 - sgmlBold
3093 - sgmlBoldItalic
3094 - sgmlUnderline
3095 - sgmlItalic
3096 - sgmlLink for links
3097
3098To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3099following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3100are read during initialization) >
3101 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3102
3103You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3104vimrc file: >
3105 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3106
3107(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3108
3109
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003110 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003111SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003112
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003113This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3114shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003115
3116Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003117various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003118
3119 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3120 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3121<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003122See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3123cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3124/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3125that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3126shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3127symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003128
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003129One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003130variables in your <.vimrc>:
3131
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003132 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003133 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003134< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003135 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003136< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003137 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003138< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003139 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003140
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003141< (dash users should use posix)
3142
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003143If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3144default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003145the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3146statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003147sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003148
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003149The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3150
3151 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3152 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3153 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3154 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003155>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003156then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003157syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3158to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003159
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003160 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3161
3162If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3163when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003164to a larger number. Example: >
3165
3166 let sh_minlines = 500
3167
3168This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3169displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3170number is that redrawing can become slow.
3171
3172If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3173reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3174
3175 let sh_maxlines = 100
3176<
3177The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3178speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3179
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003180syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
Bram Moolenaar9fbdbb82022-09-27 17:30:34 +01003181unmatched "]", "done", "fi", etc. If you find the error handling problematic
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003182for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3183the following line in your .vimrc: >
3184
3185 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3186<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003187
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003188 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3189 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003190
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003191You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3192Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3193file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3194
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003195 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003196 " ==============
3197 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3198 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3199 unlet b:current_syntax
3200 endif
3201 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3202 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3203 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3204 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3205 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3206<
3207This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3208 awk '...awk code here...'
3209be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3210extended to other languages.
3211
3212
3213SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3214(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003215
3216The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3217
3218- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3219 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3220 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3221
3222- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3223 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003224 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003225 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3226 them in the syntax file.
3227
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003228- oneline_comments : This value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003229 highlighting of # style comments.
3230
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003231 oneline_comments = 1 : Allow normal Speedup code after an even
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003232 number of #s.
3233
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003234 oneline_comments = 2 : Show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003235 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003236
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003237 oneline_comments = 3 : Show the whole line as error if it contains
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003238 more than one #.
3239
3240Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003241PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003242fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3243the syntax file.
3244
3245
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003246SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3247 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003248 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003249
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003250While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3251custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3252SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003253
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003254Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3255scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3256supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3257buffer by buffer basis.
3258
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003259For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003260
3261
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003262SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3263
3264Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3265designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3266bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3267with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3268
3269
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003270TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003271
3272This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3273for how the filetype is detected.
3274
3275Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003276is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist
3277add this line to your .vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003278
3279 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3280
3281If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3282when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3283to a larger number: >
3284
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003285 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003286
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003287This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3288displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3289synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3290tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3291redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003292
3293
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003294TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003295 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003296
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003297 Tex Contents~
3298 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3299 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3300 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3301 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3302 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3303 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3304 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3305 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3306 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3307 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3308 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3309 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3310 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003311 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003312 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003313
3314 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003315 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003316
3317As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3318sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3319 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3320in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3321modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3322 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003323If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003324 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003325<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003326 *g:tex_nospell*
3327 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3328
3329If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3330 let g:tex_nospell=1
3331into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3332comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3333
3334 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003335 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003336
3337Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3338prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3339this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3340 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003341If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3342see |g:tex_nospell|.
3343
3344 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003345 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003346
3347Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3348one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3349want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3350 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003351<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003352 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003353 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003354
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003355The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3356highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3357texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3358terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3359as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003360special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3361 %stopzone
3362which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3363texMathZone.
3364
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003365 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003366 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003367
3368If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3369 :syn sync maxlines=200
3370 :syn sync minlines=50
3371(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003372increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003373if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3374
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003375Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3376|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3377
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003378 *g:tex_fast*
3379
3380Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3381
3382 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3383
3384in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3385highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3386synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3387price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3388folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3389
3390You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3391selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3392
3393 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3394 c : allow texComment syntax
3395 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3396 M : allow texMath syntax
3397 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3398 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3399 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3400 S : allow texStyle syntax
3401 v : allow verbatim syntax
3402 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3403<
3404As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3405but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003406(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003407
3408 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003409 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003410
3411LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3412of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3413package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3414it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3415techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003416by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3417which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3418http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003419
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003420I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3421
3422 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3423<
3424The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3425
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003426 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003427 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003428
3429The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3430although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3431errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3432you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003433 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003434and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003435
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003436 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003437 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003438
3439If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3440code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003441 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3442You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3443(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3444As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3445 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3446You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3447and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3448The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3449has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003450
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003451 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003452 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003453
3454One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3455commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3456following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3457such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3458
3459 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3460 :set ft=tex
3461
3462Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3463always accept such use of @.
3464
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003465 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003466 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003467
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003468If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3469number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3470including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3471superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3472superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3473In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3474
3475One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3476with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003477
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003478 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003479 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3480
3481You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003482<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3483for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003484
3485 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003486 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003487 d = delimiters
3488 m = math symbols
3489 g = Greek
3490 s = superscripts/subscripts
3491<
3492By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3493substitution will not be made.
3494
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003495 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3496 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3497
3498Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3499keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3500syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3501
3502 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3503 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3504 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003505 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003506 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3507 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3508 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003509 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003510
3511 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3512 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3513
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003514 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3515 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3516
3517 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3518
3519 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3520 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3521
3522 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3523 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3524 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3525 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3526
3527 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3528 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3529<
3530 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3531 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3532 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3533< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3534 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3535
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003536 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3537 Tex: Match Check Control~
3538
3539 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003540 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3541 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003542 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3543 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3544 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3545< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3546 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3547 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3548< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3549 regions, >
3550 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3551< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003552
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003553TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003554
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003555There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3556
3557For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3558set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3559
3560 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3561<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003562VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3563 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003564There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003565updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3566g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3567improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003568
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003569 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3570 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3571<
3572 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3573 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003574
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003575 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3576The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3577embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003578
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003579 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
3580 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded lua
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003581 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded mzscheme
3582 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded perl
3583 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded python
3584 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded ruby
3585 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003586<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003587By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
3588itself supports. Concatenate multiple characters to support multiple types
3589of embedded interpreters; ie. g:vimsyn_embed= "mp" supports embedded mzscheme
3590and embedded perl.
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003591 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003592
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003593Some folding is now supported with syntax/vim.vim: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003594
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003595 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
3596 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
3597 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003598 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold lua script
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003599 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold mzscheme script
3600 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold perl script
3601 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold python script
3602 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold ruby script
3603 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold tcl script
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02003604<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003605 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01003606Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
3607is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003608highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003609
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003610 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
3611<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003612
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003613
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003614XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003615
3616The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3617variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3618You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3619xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3620your .vimrc. Example: >
3621 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3622When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3623
3624Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3625"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
3626highlighted.
3627
3628
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003629XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003630
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003631Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003632setting a global variable: >
3633
3634 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
3635<
3636 *xml-folding*
3637The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003638start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003639
3640 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
3641 :set foldmethod=syntax
3642
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003643Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003644especially for large files.
3645
3646
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003647X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003648
3649xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
3650XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
3651you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
3652
3653To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
3654somewhere else with "P".
3655
3656Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
3657 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00003658 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003659 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00003660 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
3661 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003662 :endfunction
3663 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
3664 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
3665This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
3666It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
3667must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
3668
3669It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
3670 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
3671
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003672
3673YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
3674
3675 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003676A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
3677non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
3678plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
3679and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
3680integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003681will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
3682
3683Schema Description ~
3684failsafe No additional highlighting.
3685json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
3686core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003687pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
3688 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
3689 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003690 schema.
3691
3692Default schema is `core`.
3693
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003694Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
3695only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003696difference defined in the syntax file.
3697
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01003698
3699ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
3700
3701The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
3702
3703 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
3704
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003705==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010037066. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003707
3708Vim understands three types of syntax items:
3709
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000037101. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003711 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the 'iskeyword'
3712 option. It cannot contain other syntax items. It will only match with a
3713 complete word (there are no keyword characters before or after the match).
3714 The keyword "if" would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because
3715 "(" is not a keyword character and "d" is.
3716
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000037172. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003718 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
3719
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000037203. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003721 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
3722 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
3723 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
3724
3725Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
3726you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
3727to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
3728and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
3729"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
3730one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
3731This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
3732each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
3733for a lot of groups.
3734
3735Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
3736group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
3737for the syntax group with the same name.
3738
3739In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
3740defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
3741using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
3742match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
3743keyword with ignoring case.
3744
3745
3746PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
3747
3748When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
3749
37501. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
3751 defined last has priority.
37522. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
37533. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
3754 start in later positions.
3755
3756
3757DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
3758
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003759:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003760 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
3761 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
3762 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
3763 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
3764
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003765:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003766 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003767
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003768
3769DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
3770
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003771:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
3772:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003773 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
3774 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
3775
3776 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
3777 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
3778
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003779 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003780 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
3781 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
3782 may close and open horizontally within a line.
3783
3784:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003785 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
3786 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003787
3788 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
3789
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003790SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
3791
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003792:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
3793:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
3794:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003795 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
3796 in a syntax item:
3797
3798 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
3799 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
3800 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
3801
3802 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
3803 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
3804 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
3805
3806 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
3807
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003808:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003809 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
3810 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003811
3812
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003813SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
3814
3815:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
3816 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
3817 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
3818
3819 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
3820 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003821 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003822
3823 Example: >
3824 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
3825<
3826 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
3827 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
3828 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
3829
3830 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
3831
3832 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01003833 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003834 match.
3835
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02003836 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
3837 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003838 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003839
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003840DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
3841
3842:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
3843
3844 This defines a number of keywords.
3845
3846 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
3847 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3848 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
3849
3850 Example: >
3851 :syntax keyword Type int long char
3852<
3853 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
3854 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
3855 These examples do exactly the same: >
3856 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
3857 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
3858 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02003859< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003860 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
3861 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
3862 variations at once: >
3863 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
3864<
3865 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
3866 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
3867 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
3868 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
3869 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003870 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003871
3872 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
3873 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
3874 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
3875
3876 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
3877 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
3878 instead.
3879
3880 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
3881
3882 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
3883 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
3884 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003885 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003886 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
3887 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
3888< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
3889 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
3890 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
3891
3892
3893DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
3894
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02003895:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
3896 [excludenl]
3897 [keepend]
3898 {pattern}
3899 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003900
3901 This defines one match.
3902
3903 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3904 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3905 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3906 extend a containing match or region. Must be
3907 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02003908 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
3909 match with the end pattern. See
3910 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003911 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
3912 See |:syn-pattern| below.
3913 Note that the pattern may match more than one
3914 line, which makes the match depend on where
3915 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
3916 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
3917
3918 Example (match a character constant): >
3919 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
3920<
3921
3922DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
3923 *E398* *E399*
3924:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
3925 [matchgroup={group-name}]
3926 [keepend]
3927 [extend]
3928 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003929 start={start-pattern} ..
3930 [skip={skip-pattern}]
3931 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003932 [{options}]
3933
3934 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
3935
3936 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3937 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3938 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
3939 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
3940 for the text in between the matched start and
3941 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
3942 a different group for the start or end match.
3943 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
3944 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
3945 match with the end pattern. See
3946 |:syn-keepend|.
3947 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003948 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003949 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3950 extend a containing match or item. Only
3951 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
3952 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003953 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003954 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003955 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003956 the region where not to look for the end
3957 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003958 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003959 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
3960
3961 Example: >
3962 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
3963<
3964 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
3965 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
3966 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
3967 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
3968 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
3969 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
3970
3971 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
3972 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
3973 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
3974 the end patterns.
3975
3976 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
3977 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
3978 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
3979
3980 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
3981 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
3982 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
3983 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
3984
3985 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
3986 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
3987 work: >
3988 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
3989 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
3990< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
3991 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
3992 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
3993 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
3994 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
3995< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
3996 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
3997
3998 *:syn-keepend*
3999 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
4000 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
4001 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
4002 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
4003 { starts outer "{}" region
4004 { starts contained "{}" region
4005 } ends contained "{}" region
4006 } ends outer "{} region
4007 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
4008 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
4009 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
4010 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
4011 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
4012 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
4013 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
4014< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
4015 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
4016
4017 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
4018 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
4019 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
4020 contained matches.
4021 *:syn-extend*
4022 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
4023 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
4024 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
4025 extended.
4026 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
4027 others don't. Example: >
4028
4029 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
4030 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
4031 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
4032
4033< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
4034 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
4035 item does extend the htmlRef item.
4036
4037 Another example: >
4038 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
4039< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
4040 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
4041 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
4042 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
4043 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
4044
4045 *:syn-excludenl*
4046 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
4047 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
4048 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
4049 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4050 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4051 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4052 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4053 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4054 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4055 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4056 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4057 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4058 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4059
4060 *:syn-matchgroup*
4061 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4062 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4063 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4064< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4065 between with the "String" group.
4066 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4067 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4068 using a matchgroup.
4069
4070 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4071 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4072 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4073 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4074 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4075
4076 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4077 different colors: >
4078 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4079 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4080 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4081 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4082 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4083 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004084<
4085 *E849*
4086The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004087
4088==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010040897. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004090
4091The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4092The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4093and may be mixed with patterns.
4094
4095Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4096can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004097 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004098 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4099:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4100:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4101:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004102
4103These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004104 conceal
4105 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004106 contained
4107 containedin
4108 nextgroup
4109 transparent
4110 skipwhite
4111 skipnl
4112 skipempty
4113
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004114conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4115
4116When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004117Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004118'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4119concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4120edit the line.
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02004121Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004122
4123concealends *:syn-concealends*
4124
4125When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4126the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4127Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4128'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
4129in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup"
4130
4131cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004132 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004133The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4134when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4135argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004136character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4137a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004138 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004139See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004140
4141contained *:syn-contained*
4142
4143When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4144the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4145another match. Example: >
4146 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4147 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4148
4149
4150display *:syn-display*
4151
4152If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4153detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4154by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4155to be displayed.
4156
4157Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4158conditions:
4159- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4160 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4161 line.
4162- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4163 make it continue on the next line.
4164- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4165 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4166 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4167- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4168 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4169 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4170 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4171
4172Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4173- match with a number
4174- match with a label
4175
4176
4177transparent *:syn-transparent*
4178
4179If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4180itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4181is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4182only to skip over a part of the text.
4183
4184The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4185unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4186avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4187highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4188 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4189 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4190 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4191 :hi link myString String
4192 :hi link myWord Comment
4193Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4194match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4195argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4196it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4197out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004198"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004199happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4200position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4201
4202When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4203items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4204see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4205through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4206
4207 look from here
4208
4209 | | | | | |
4210 V V V V V V
4211
4212 xxxx yyy more contained items
4213 .................... contained item (transparent)
4214 ============================= first item
4215
4216The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4217transparent group.
4218
4219What you see is:
4220
4221 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4222
4223Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4224
4225
4226oneline *:syn-oneline*
4227
4228The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4229boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4230region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4231the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4232continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4233line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4234
4235When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4236pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4237end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4238means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4239be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4240line break.
4241
4242
4243fold *:syn-fold*
4244
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004245The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004246Example: >
4247 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4248 :syn sync fromstart
4249 :set foldmethod=syntax
4250This will make each {} block form one fold.
4251
4252The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4253ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4254The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004255See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4256from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004257{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4258
4259
4260 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004261contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004262
4263The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4264groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4265containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4266regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4267this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4268here.
4269
4270contains=ALL
4271 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4272 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4273
4274contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4275 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4276 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4277 are listed. Example: >
4278 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4279
4280contains=TOP
4281 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4282 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4283 argument.
4284contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4285 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4286
4287contains=CONTAINED
4288 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4289 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4290 argument.
4291contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4292 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4293 listed.
4294
4295
4296The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4297that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4298The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4299 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4300The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4301that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4302command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4303syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4304the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4305group names.
4306
4307The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4308region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4309|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4310region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4311area that is highlighted
4312
4313
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004314containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004315
4316The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4317item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4318containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4319
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004320The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004321
4322This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4323be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4324of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4325the C syntax: >
4326 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4327Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4328level.
4329
4330Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4331appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4332keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4333work.
4334
4335
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004336nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004337
4338The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4339separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4340
4341If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4342tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4343a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4344will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4345current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4346other groups. Example: >
4347 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4348 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4349 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4350
4351This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4352"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4353highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4354
4355 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4356 fff bbb fff bbb
4357
4358Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4359when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4360highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4361would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4362
4363
4364skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4365skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4366skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4367
4368These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4369used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004370 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004371 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4372 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4373
4374When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4375next group that matches the white space.
4376
4377When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4378line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4379line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4380the current item in the same line.
4381
4382When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4383groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4384for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4385space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4386
4387Example: >
4388 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4389 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4390 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4391Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4392match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4393precedence.
4394Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4395"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4396example).
4397
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004398IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4399
4400:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4401 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4402 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4403 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4404 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4405 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4406 given explicitly.
4407
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004408:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004409 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004410
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004411==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010044128. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004413
4414In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4415characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4416use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4417use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4418 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4419 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4420
4421See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004422always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004423value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4424not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4425independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4426
4427Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4428This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4429
4430 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4431The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4432change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4433match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4434are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4435pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4436
4437The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4438The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4439
4440ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4441me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4442hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4443he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4444rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4445re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4446lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4447
4448The {offset} can be:
4449
4450s start of the matched pattern
4451s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4452s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4453e end of the matched pattern
4454e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4455e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004456{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004457
4458Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4459
4460Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4461meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4462
4463 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4464match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4465region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4466region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4467region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4468
4469Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4470 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4471<
4472 some "string" text
4473 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4474
4475Notes:
4476- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4477 offset(s).
4478- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4479- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4480 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004481- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004482 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004483 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004484- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4485 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4486 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4487
4488Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4489 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4490<
4491 /* this is a comment */
4492 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4493
4494A more complicated Example: >
4495 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4496<
4497 abcfoostringbarabc
4498 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004499 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004500
4501Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4502
4503Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4504with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004505in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004506
4507The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4508be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4509cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4510characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4511used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4512specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4513
4514 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4515 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4516 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4517<
4518 ___zzzz ___wwww
4519 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4520 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4521 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4522
4523The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4524unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4525
4526
4527Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4528
4529The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4530expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4531
4532When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4533allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004534following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4535the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004536
4537The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4538continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4539matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4540halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4541previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4542is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4543 x x a
4544 b x x
4545Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4546after the "\n".
4547
4548
4549External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4550
4551These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4552
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004553 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004554 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4555 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4556 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004557
4558 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4559 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4560 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4561 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4562
4563Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4564sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4565shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4566items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4567referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4568example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4569 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4570
4571As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4572it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004573changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004574first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
4575also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00004576 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004577
4578Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
4579indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
4580to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
4581Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
4582within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
4583sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
4584the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
4585
4586Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
4587cannot be referred to.
4588
4589==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010045909. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004591
4592:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
4593 [add={group-name}..]
4594 [remove={group-name}..]
4595
4596This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
4597single name.
4598
4599 contains={group-name}..
4600 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
4601 add={group-name}..
4602 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
4603 remove={group-name}..
4604 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
4605
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004606A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
4607nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
4608this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004609
4610Example: >
4611 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
4612 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
4613
4614As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
4615retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
4616to speak: >
4617 :syntax keyword A aaa
4618 :syntax keyword B bbb
4619 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
4620 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
4621 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
4622
4623This also has implications for nested clusters: >
4624 :syntax keyword A aaa
4625 :syntax keyword B bbb
4626 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
4627 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
4628 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
4629 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
4630 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004631<
4632 *E848*
4633The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004634
4635==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100463610. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004637
4638It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
4639a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
4640two different ways:
4641
4642 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4643 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
4644 the |:runtime| command: >
4645
4646 " In cpp.vim:
4647 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
4648 :unlet b:current_syntax
4649
4650< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4651 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
4652 ":syntax include" command:
4653
4654:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
4655
4656 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
4657 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
4658 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
4659 that list. >
4660
4661 " In perl.vim:
4662 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
4663 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
4664<
4665 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
4666 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
4667 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
4668 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
4669 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01004670 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
4671 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004672
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004673 *E847*
4674The maximum number of includes is 999.
4675
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004676==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100467711. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004678
4679Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
4680make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
4681redrawing starts.
4682
4683:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
4684
4685There are four ways to synchronize:
46861. Always parse from the start of the file.
4687 |:syn-sync-first|
46882. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
4689 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
4690 |:syn-sync-second|
46913. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
4692 |:syn-sync-third|
46934. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
4694 |:syn-sync-fourth|
4695
4696 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
4697For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
4698limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
4699
4700If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
4701that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
4702lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
4703
4704If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
4705for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
4706adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
4707slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01004708 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004709<
4710 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
4711When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
4712cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
4713start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
4714the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
4715break use this: >
4716 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
4717The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
4718change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
4719value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
4720
4721
4722First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
4723>
4724 :syntax sync fromstart
4725
4726The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
4727accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
4728so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01004729when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004730case: to the end of the file).
4731
4732Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
4733
4734
4735Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
4736
4737For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
4738Example: >
4739 :syntax sync ccomment
4740
4741When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
4742comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
4743used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
4744An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
4745 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
4746This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
4747used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
4748region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
4749
4750The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
4751lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
4752lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
4753lines, but it hard to sync on).
4754
4755Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
4756that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
4757is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
4758chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
4759is hardly ever noticed.
4760
4761
4762Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
4763
4764For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
4765Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
4766means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
4767Example: >
4768 :syntax sync minlines=50
4769
4770"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
4771
4772
4773Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
4774
4775The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
4776sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
4777region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
4778starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
4779the search continues backwards in the file.
4780
4781This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
4782matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
4783- Keywords cannot be used.
4784- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
4785 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
4786- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
4787 forwards.
4788- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
4789 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
4790 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01004791 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004792- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
4793 group of continued lines).
4794- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
4795 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
4796 line (or group of continued lines).
4797- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
4798 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
4799 This is used when a line can contain both the start end the end of a region
4800 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
4801
4802There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
48031. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
4804 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
4805 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
4806 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
48072. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
4808 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
4809 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
4810 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
4811Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
4812
4813Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
4814avoid finding unwanted matches.
4815
4816[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
4817search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
4818highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
4819faster.]
4820
4821 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
4822 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
4823
4824 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
4825 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
4826 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
4827 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
4828 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
4829
4830 *syn-sync-groupthere*
4831 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
4832
4833 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
4834 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
4835 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
4836 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
4837 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
4838 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
4839 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
4840 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
4841 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
4842 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
4843
4844 :syntax sync match ..
4845 :syntax sync region ..
4846
4847 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
4848 skipped while searching for a sync point.
4849
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004850 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004851 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
4852
4853 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
4854 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
4855 consider the lines to be concatenated.
4856
4857If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
4858searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
4859few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
4860 :syntax sync maxlines=100
4861
4862You can clear all sync settings with: >
4863 :syntax sync clear
4864
4865You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
4866 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
4867
4868==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100486912. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004870
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00004871This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004872
4873 :sy[ntax] [list]
4874
4875To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
4876
4877 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
4878
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02004879To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004880
4881 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
4882
4883See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
4884
4885Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
4886is mostly used, because it looks better.
4887
4888==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100488913. Colorschemes *color-schemes*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004890
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004891In the next section you can find information about indivisual highlight groups
4892and how to specify colors for them. Most likely you want to just select a set
4893of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
4894
4895 colorscheme pablo
4896<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004897 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02004898:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
4899 This is basically the same as >
4900 :echo g:colors_name
4901< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
4902 output "default". When compiled without the |+eval|
4903 feature it will output "unknown".
4904
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004905:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02004906 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004907 is found is loaded.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01004908 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
4909 "start" and then under "opt".
4910
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004911 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004912 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01004913
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004914You have two options for customizing a color scheme. For changing the
4915appearance of specific colors, you can redefine a color name before loading
4916the scheme. The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor. To use a
4917darker variation of the same color: >
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00004918
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004919 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
4920 colorscheme desert
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00004921<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004922For further customization, such as changing |:highlight-link| associations,
4923use another name, e.g. "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
4924the original color scheme: >
4925 runtime colors/evening.vim
4926 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01004927
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004928Before the color scheme will be loaded all default color list scripts
4929(`colors/lists/default.vim`) will be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre|
4930autocommand event is triggered. After the color scheme has been loaded the
4931|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
4932
Bram Moolenaare8008642022-08-19 17:15:35 +01004933 *colorscheme-override*
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004934If a color scheme is almost right, you can add modifications on top of it by
4935using the |ColorScheme| autocommand. For example, to remove the background
4936color (can make it transparent in some terminals): >
4937 augroup my_colorschemes
4938 au!
4939 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
4940 augroup END
4941
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01004942Change a couple more colors: >
4943 augroup my_colorschemes
4944 au!
4945 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00004946 \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01004947 \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
4948 augroup END
4949
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004950If you make a lot of changes it might be better to copy the distributed
4951colorscheme to your home directory and change it: >
4952 :!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/pablo.vim ~/.vim/colors
4953 :edit ~/.vim/colors/pablo.vim
4954
4955With Vim 9.0 the collection of color schemes was updated and made work in many
4956different terminals. One change was to often define the Normal highlight
4957group to make sure the colors work well. In case you prefer the old version,
4958you can find them here:
4959https://github.com/vim/colorschemes/blob/master/legacy_colors/
4960
4961For info about writing a color scheme file: >
4962 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
4963
4964
4965==============================================================================
496614. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
4967
4968There are three types of highlight groups:
4969- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
4970 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
4971 linked to a group of the second type.
4972- The ones used for all syntax languages.
4973- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
4974 *hitest.vim*
4975You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
4976 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
4977This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
4978in their own color.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004979
4980:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
4981 attributes set.
4982
4983:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
4984 List one highlight group.
4985
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01004986 *highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004987:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
4988 highlighting for groups added by the user!
4989 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
4990 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02004991 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004992
4993:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
4994:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
4995 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
4996 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
4997
4998:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
4999 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005000 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00005001 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005002 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005003 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
5004 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
5005 argument.
5006
5007Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
5008default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
5009highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
5010values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
5011the default value.
5012
5013A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
5014a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
5015
5016 :hi Comment gui=bold
5017
5018Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
5019specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
5020result is like this single command has been used: >
5021 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
5022<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005023 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005024When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
5025also tell where it was last set. Example: >
5026 :verbose hi Comment
5027< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005028 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005029
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00005030When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
5031mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005032
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005033 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
5034There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
5035term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005036cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005037 termcap entry)
5038gui the GUI
5039
5040For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
5041the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
5042
50431. highlight arguments for normal terminals
5044
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00005045 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005046 *underdouble* *underdotted*
5047 *underdashed* *inverse* *italic*
5048 *standout* *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005049term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005050 attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005051 following items (in any order):
5052 bold
5053 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005054 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005055 underdouble not always available
5056 underdotted not always available
5057 underdashed not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005058 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005059 reverse
5060 inverse same as reverse
5061 italic
5062 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02005063 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005064 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
5065
5066 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5067 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005068 *underline-codes*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005069 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005070 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02005071 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
5072 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
5073 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
5074 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
5075 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
5076
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005077< "underdouble" is a double underline, "underdotted" is a dotted
5078 underline and "underdashed" is a dashed underline. These are only
5079 supported by some terminals. If your terminal supports them you may
5080 have to specify the codes like this: >
5081 let &t_Us = "\e[4:2m"
5082 let &t_ds = "\e[4:4m"
5083 let &t_Ds = "\e[4:5m"
5084< They are reset with |t_Ce|, the same as curly underline (undercurl).
5085 When t_Us, t_ds or t_Ds is not set then underline will be used as a
5086 fallback.
5087
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005088
5089start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
5090stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
5091 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
5092 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
5093
5094 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
5095 is written before the characters in the highlighted
5096 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
5097 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
5098 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
5099 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
5100 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5101
5102 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5103
5104 1. A string with escape sequences.
5105 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5106 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5107 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5108 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5109
5110 2. A list of terminal codes.
5111 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5112 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5113 White space is not allowed. Example:
5114 start=t_C1,t_BL
5115 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5116
5117
51182. highlight arguments for color terminals
5119
5120cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5121 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5122 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5123 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5124 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005125 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5126 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5127 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005128
5129ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5130ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005131ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5132 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5133 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5134
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005135 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5136 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5137 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5138 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5139 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5140 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5141
5142 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5143 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5144 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5145 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5146 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005147 *tmux*
5148 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5149 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005150 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5151 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005152< More info at:
5153 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5154 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005155
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005156 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5157 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5158 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005159 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5160 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5161
5162 *cterm-colors*
5163 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5164 0 0 Black
5165 1 4 DarkBlue
5166 2 2 DarkGreen
5167 3 6 DarkCyan
5168 4 1 DarkRed
5169 5 5 DarkMagenta
5170 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5171 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5172 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5173 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5174 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5175 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5176 12 1* Red, LightRed
5177 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5178 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5179 15 7* White
5180
5181 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5182 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5183 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5184 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5185 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5186 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5187 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5188 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5189 a number instead of a color name.
5190
5191 The case of the color names is ignored.
5192 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005193 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that
5194 Blue is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005195
5196 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5197 colors!
5198
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005199 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5200
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005201 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5202 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5203 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5204 Example: >
5205 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5206< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005207 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5208 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5209 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5210 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5211 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005212 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005213 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005214 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005215
5216 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5217 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5218 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5219 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005220 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5221 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5222 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5223 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5224 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005225 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5226< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005227 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005228 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5229
5230
52313. highlight arguments for the GUI
5232
5233gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5234 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5235 See |attr-list| for a description.
5236 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5237 have the same effect.
5238 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5239
5240font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5241 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5242 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5243 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5244<
5245 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5246 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5247 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5248 used).
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005249 The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005250 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5251 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5252 changed.
5253 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5254 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5255 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005256 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5257 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5258 Example: >
5259 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005260
5261guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5262guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005263guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5264 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005265 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5266 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005267 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005268 NONE no color (transparent)
5269 bg use normal background color
5270 background use normal background color
5271 fg use normal foreground color
5272 foreground use normal foreground color
5273 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5274 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5275 Example: >
5276 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5277<
5278 *gui-colors*
5279 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5280 Red LightRed DarkRed
5281 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5282 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5283 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5284 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5285 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5286 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5287 Black White
5288 Orange Purple Violet
5289
5290 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5291 |win32-colors|.
5292
5293 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5294 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5295 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005296 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005297 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005298 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01005299 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005300<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005301 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005302 repeatedly, you can define a name for it in |v:colornames|. For
5303 example: >
5304
5305 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5306 # override it.
5307 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5308 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5309<
5310 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5311 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5312 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5313 scheme: >
5314
5315 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5316 colorscheme alt
5317<
5318 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5319 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5320 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5321 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5322 by a color scheme using: >
5323
5324 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5325 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5326<
5327
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005328 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5329These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5330'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5331of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5332command.
Bram Moolenaard899e512022-05-07 21:54:03 +01005333When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors. If this makes it
5334unreadable use Visual selection.
5335
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005336 *hl-ColorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005337ColorColumn Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005338 *hl-Conceal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005339Conceal Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5340 text (see 'conceallevel').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005341 *hl-Cursor*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005342Cursor Character under the cursor.
5343lCursor Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5344 is used (see 'guicursor').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005345 *hl-CursorIM*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005346CursorIM Like Cursor, but used when in IME mode. |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005347 *hl-CursorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005348CursorColumn Screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is set.
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005349 *hl-CursorLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005350CursorLine Screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005351 *hl-Directory*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005352Directory Directory names (and other special names in listings).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005353 *hl-DiffAdd*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005354DiffAdd Diff mode: Added line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005355 *hl-DiffChange*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005356DiffChange Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005357 *hl-DiffDelete*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005358DiffDelete Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005359 *hl-DiffText*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005360DiffText Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005361 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005362EndOfBuffer Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005363 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005364 *hl-ErrorMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005365ErrorMsg Error messages on the command line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005366 *hl-VertSplit*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005367VertSplit Column separating vertically split windows.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005368 *hl-Folded*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005369Folded Line used for closed folds.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005370 *hl-FoldColumn*
5371FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5372 *hl-SignColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005373SignColumn Column where |signs| are displayed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005374 *hl-IncSearch*
5375IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005376 ":s///c".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005377 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005378LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005379 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005380 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5381LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5382 option is set, above the cursor line.
5383 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5384LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5385 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005386 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005387CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5388 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005389 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5390CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005391 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5392CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005393 *hl-MatchParen*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005394MatchParen Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005395 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005396 *hl-MessageWindow*
5397MessageWindow Messages popup window used when 'cmdheight' is zero. If not
5398 defined |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005399 *hl-ModeMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005400ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005401 *hl-MoreMsg*
5402MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5403 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaarf269eab2022-10-03 18:04:35 +01005404NonText '@' at the end of the window, "<<<" at the start of the window
5405 for 'smoothscroll', characters from 'showbreak' and other
5406 characters that do not really exist in the text, such as the
5407 ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't fit at the
5408 end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005409 *hl-Normal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005410Normal Normal text.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005411 *hl-Pmenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005412Pmenu Popup menu: Normal item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005413 *hl-PmenuSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005414PmenuSel Popup menu: Selected item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005415 *hl-PmenuSbar*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005416PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005417 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5418PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005419 *hl-PopupNotification*
5420PopupNotification
5421 Popup window created with |popup_notification()|. If not
5422 defined |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005423 *hl-Question*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005424Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions.
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005425 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5426QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005427 *hl-Search*
5428Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005429 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
LemonBoya4399382022-04-09 21:04:08 +01005430 *hl-CurSearch*
5431CurSearch Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005432 Note: This is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
5433 changes are made or the screen is redrawn.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005434 *hl-SpecialKey*
5435SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5436 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005437 Generally: Text that is displayed differently from what it
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005438 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005439 *hl-SpellBad*
5440SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5441 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005442 *hl-SpellCap*
5443SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5444 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005445 *hl-SpellLocal*
5446SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5447 used in another region. |spell|
5448 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5449 *hl-SpellRare*
5450SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5451 hardly ever used. |spell|
5452 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005453 *hl-StatusLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005454StatusLine Status line of current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005455 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5456StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005457 Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005458 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005459 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005460StatusLineTerm Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005461 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
Bram Moolenaar6ba83ba2022-06-12 22:15:57 +01005462StatusLineTermNC Status lines of not-current windows that is a
5463 |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005464 *hl-TabLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005465TabLine Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005466 *hl-TabLineFill*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005467TabLineFill Tab pages line, where there are no labels.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005468 *hl-TabLineSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005469TabLineSel Tab pages line, active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005470 *hl-Terminal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005471Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005472 *hl-Title*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005473Title Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005474 *hl-Visual*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005475Visual Visual mode selection.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005476 *hl-VisualNOS*
5477VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5478 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5479 *hl-WarningMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005480WarningMsg Warning messages.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005481 *hl-WildMenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005482WildMenu Current match in 'wildmenu' completion.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005483
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005484 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005485The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005486statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005487
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005488For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005489scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5490Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5491and guifg.
5492
5493 *hl-Menu*
5494Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5495 Also used for the toolbar.
5496 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5497
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005498 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005499 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5500 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5501 set.
5502
5503 *hl-Scrollbar*
5504Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5505 scrollbars.
5506 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5507
5508 *hl-Tooltip*
5509Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5510 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5511
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005512 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005513 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5514 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5515 set.
5516
5517==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100551815. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005519
5520When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5521can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5522group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5523
5524To set a link:
5525
5526 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5527
5528To remove a link:
5529
5530 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5531
5532Notes: *E414*
5533- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5534 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5535- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5536 removed.
5537- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
5538 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
5539 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
5540 links for groups that already have settings.
5541
5542 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
5543The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
5544group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
5545will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
5546
5547Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
5548specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
5549 :highlight default link cComment Comment
5550If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
5551 :highlight link cComment Question
5552Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
5553overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
5554
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01005555To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
5556highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
5557another color scheme, put a command like this in the
5558"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
5559 highlight! default link cComment Question
5560
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005561==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100556216. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005563
5564If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
5565command: >
5566 :syntax clear
5567
5568This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
5569or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
5570in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
5571load the syntax file.
5572The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
5573loaded after this command.
5574
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02005575To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
5576 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
5577This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
5578
5579To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
5580 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
5581This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
5582
5583 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005584If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
5585the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
5586 :syntax off
5587
5588What this command actually does, is executing the command >
5589 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
5590See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
5591$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
5592
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005593 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
5594If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
5595defaults back: >
5596
5597 :syntax reset
5598
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02005599It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
5600affects the highlighting.
5601
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005602This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
5603
5604Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
5605back to their Vim default.
5606Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
5607scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
5608
5609What this actually does is: >
5610
5611 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
5612 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
5613
5614Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
5615
5616 *syncolor*
5617If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
5618script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
5619'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
5620the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
5621reset" command.
5622
5623For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
5624
5625 if &background == "light"
5626 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
5627 else
5628 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
5629 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005630<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00005631 *E679*
5632Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
5633'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
5634endless loop.
5635
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005636Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
5637your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
5638depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
5639
5640 *syntax_cmd*
5641The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
5642syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005643 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005644 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005645 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
5646 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
5647 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005648 the colors.
5649 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
5650 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
5651 them.
5652
5653==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100565417. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005655
5656If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
5657mappings.
5658
5659 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
5660 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
5661>
5662 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
5663 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
5664
5665WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
5666memory Vim will consume.
5667
5668Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005669must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
5670at http://ctags.sf.net).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005671
5672Put these lines in your Makefile:
5673
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005674# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005675types: types.vim
5676types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005677 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005678 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
5679 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
5680
5681And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
5682
5683 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005684 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005685 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005686 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005687 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
5688
5689==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100569018. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005691
5692Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
5693possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
5694private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
5695with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
5696highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
5697italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
5698
5699To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
5700windows on the buffer: >
5701 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005702< *w:current_syntax*
5703This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
5704"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
5705restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
5706"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
5707"w:current_syntax".
Bram Moolenaared32d942014-12-06 23:33:00 +01005708Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005709
5710Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005711on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02005712syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005713same buffer.
5714
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005715A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
5716is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
5717When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005718
5719==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100572019. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005721
5722Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
5723default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
5724 :if &term =~ "xterm"
5725 : if has("terminfo")
5726 : set t_Co=8
5727 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
5728 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
5729 : else
5730 : set t_Co=8
5731 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5732 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5733 : endif
5734 :endif
5735< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5736
5737You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
5738e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
5739
5740Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
5741be wrong.
5742 *xiterm* *rxvt*
5743The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
5744But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
5745 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
5746 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
5747<
5748 *colortest.vim*
5749To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00005750To use it, execute this command: >
5751 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005752
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005753Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005754output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
5755at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
5756colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
5757
5758 *xfree-xterm*
5759To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005760included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005761at: >
5762 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
5763Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
5764termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
5765supports. >
5766 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
5767If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
5768(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
5769
5770This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
5771 :if has("terminfo")
5772 : set t_Co=16
5773 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
5774 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
5775 :else
5776 : set t_Co=16
5777 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5778 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5779 :endif
5780< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5781
5782Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
5783translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
5784Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
5785
5786For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
5787
5788 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
5789 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
5790
5791Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
5792and try if that works.
5793
5794You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
5795 XTerm*color0: #000000
5796 XTerm*color1: #c00000
5797 XTerm*color2: #008000
5798 XTerm*color3: #808000
5799 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
5800 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
5801 XTerm*color6: #008080
5802 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
5803 XTerm*color8: #808080
5804 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
5805 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
5806 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
5807 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
5808 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
5809 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
5810 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
5811 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
5812
5813[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
5814cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005815newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005816
5817To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
5818Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
5819 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
5820<
5821 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
5822To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
5823Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
5824these resources:
5825 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
5826 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
5827 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
5828 XTerm*cursorColor: White
5829
5830 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005831These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005832foreground colors: >
5833 :if has("terminfo")
5834 : set t_Co=8
5835 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
5836 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
5837 :else
5838 : set t_Co=8
5839 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
5840 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
5841 :endif
5842< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5843
5844 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
5845These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
5846emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
5847bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
5848 :set t_Co=16
5849 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
5850 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
5851<
5852 *TTpro-telnet*
5853These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
5854open-source program for MS-Windows. >
5855 set t_Co=16
5856 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
5857 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
5858Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
5859that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
5860(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
5861
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005862
5863==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100586420. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005865
5866This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
5867
5868If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
5869faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
5870as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
5871
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005872Note: This is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02005873You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
5874
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005875To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
5876sequence: >
5877 :syntime on
5878 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
5879 :syntime report
5880
5881This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
5882it took to match them against the text.
5883
5884:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
5885 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
5886 matching.
5887
5888:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
5889
5890:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
5891
5892:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
5893 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
5894 the output.
5895
5896 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
5897 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
5898 matching this pattern.
5899 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
5900 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
5901 matched
5902 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
5903 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
5904 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
5905 this is not unique.
5906 PATTERN The pattern being used.
5907
5908Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
5909include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
5910pattern does NOT match.
5911
5912When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
5913all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
5914literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
5915
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005916"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005917 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005918"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005919
5920
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02005921 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: